blob: 74087620f836e51671be8849179622bfc1dba171 [file] [log] [blame]
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.0. Last change: 2023 Dec 09
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
274The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
275For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
276The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
277highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
278after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
279
280Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
281can be used for the same group.
282
283The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
284 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
285
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200286 *hl-Ignore*
287When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
288mechanism. See |conceal|.
289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000290==============================================================================
2913. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
292
293This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
294issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
295located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
296
297":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
298
299 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
302 |
303 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
304 | |
305 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
306 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
307 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
308 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
309 | | set yet.
310 | |
311 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
312 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
313 | |
314 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
315 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
316 |
317 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
318 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
319 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
320 | |
321 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
322 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
323 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
324 | |
325 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
326 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
327 | | *synload-4*
328 | |
329 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
330 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
331 | |
332 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
333 |
334 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
335 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
336 |
337 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
338 already loaded buffer.
339
340
341Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
342
343 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
344 |
345 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
346 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
347 | option is set to the file type.
348 |
349 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
350 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
351 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
352 | |
353 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
354 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
355 | |
356 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
357 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
358 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
359 |
360 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
361 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
362 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
363 |
364 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
365 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
366 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
367 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
368 |
369 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
370 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
371 syntax.
372
373==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003744. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000375
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003762html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200379After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
380colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
381|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
382or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200383|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
384in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000386You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
387Source the script to convert the current file: >
388
389 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
390<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200391Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
392options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
393the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
394|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000395
396Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200397- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200399- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100400 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
401 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402
403Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
404Unix shell: >
405 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
406<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200407 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
408To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
409command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
410and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
411
412 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
413 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
414 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
415<
416 *:TOhtml*
417:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
418 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200419 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
420 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
421 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
422 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200423
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200424 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
425 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
426 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
427 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
428 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
429 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
430 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
431 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200432
433 Examples: >
434
435 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
436 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
437 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
438<
439 *g:html_diff_one_file*
440Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200441When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
442page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4431, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200444Example: >
445
446 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
447<
448 *g:html_whole_filler*
449Default: 0.
450When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
451is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
452of inserted lines.
453When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
454not set.
455>
456 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
457<
458 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
459Default: 0.
460When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4612html.vim conversion process.
462When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
463but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
464files it can take a long time!
465Example: >
466
467 let g:html_no_progress = 1
468<
469You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
470run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
471moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
472
473 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
474<
475Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
476need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
477conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
478script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
479specifying each command separately.
480
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100481 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
482When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
483as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
484current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
485have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
486differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
487your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
488
489 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
490<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200491 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100492Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200493When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
494When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
495highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
496Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
498Force to omit the line numbers: >
499 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
500Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
501 :unlet g:html_number_lines
502<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100503 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200504Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
505When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
506inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
507takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
508pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
509view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200510(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200511javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
512For example: >
513
514 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
515 page.html#123 does the same
516
517 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
518 diff.html#42 does the same
519<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200520 *g:html_use_css*
521Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100522When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
523browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
525recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
526forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
527Example: >
528 :let g:html_use_css = 0
529<
530 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
531Default: 0.
532When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
533from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
534value of 'conceallevel'.
535When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
536|conceal|ed.
537
538Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
539included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
540 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
541 :setl conceallevel=0
542<
543 *g:html_ignore_folding*
544Default: 0.
545When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
546Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
547the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
548When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
549text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
550
551Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
552in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
553 zR
554 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
555<
556 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
557Default: 0.
558When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
559When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
560in Vim.
561
562Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
563regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
564
565This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
566>
567 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
568<
569 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
570Default: 0.
571When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
572Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
573open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
574'foldcolumn' setting.
575When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
576folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
577>
578 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
579<
580 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100581Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200582This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
583when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
584for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
585line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
586affected in this way as follows:
587 f: fold column
588 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
589 t: fold text
590 d: diff filler
591
592Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
593 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
594<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100595The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
596of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
597
598 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500599Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100600If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
601
602When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
603uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
604selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
605pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
606invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100607Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100608browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
609
610When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
611older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
612<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
613to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
614number of browsers, both old and new.
615
616When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
617generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
618Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
619the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
620standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200621
622 *g:html_no_invalid*
623Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100624When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
625not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
626element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
627in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
628paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
629invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
630<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
631remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200632
633 *g:html_hover_unfold*
634Default: 0.
635When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
636|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
637When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
638cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
639disabled javascript to view the folded text.
640
641Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
642feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
643normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
644they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
645>
646 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
647<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200648 *g:html_id_expr*
649Default: ""
650Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
651to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
652longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
653evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
654so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
655larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
656
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000657 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200658<
659To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
660
661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
662<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100663Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200664evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
665windows.
666
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200667 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100668Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200669When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
670not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
671When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
672used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
673window.
674Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
676Explicitly disable wrapping: >
677 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
678Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
679 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
680<
681 *g:html_no_pre*
682Default: 0.
683When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
684tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
685characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
686When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
687used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
688references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
689text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
690old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
691the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
692>
693 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
694<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100695 *g:html_no_doc*
696Default: 0.
697When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
698<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
699define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
700settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
701
702
703 *g:html_no_links*
704Default: 0.
705Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
706
707 *g:html_no_modeline*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
710
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200711 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100712Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
713 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
714 1 otherwise.
715When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200716number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100717When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200718are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
719allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
720the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
721indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
722
723Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
724 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
725<
726Force tabs to be expanded: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
728<
729 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
730It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
731|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
732
733If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
734for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
735'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
736set to match the chosen document encoding.
737
738Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
739|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
740wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
741encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
742below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
743
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100744Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200745the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
746
747 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
748 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
749
750 *g:html_use_encoding*
751Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
752To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
753name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
754something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
755webserver: >
756 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
757You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
758entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
760To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
761variable: >
762 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
763<
764 *g:html_encoding_override*
765Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
766 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
767This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
768specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
769list of conversions.
770
771This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
772pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
773
774Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
775 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
776<
777 *g:html_charset_override*
778Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
779 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
780 browser support.
781This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
782'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
783use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
784TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
785and UTF-32 instead, use: >
786 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
787
788Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
789compatibility problems with some major browsers.
790
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200791 *g:html_font*
792Default: "monospace"
793You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
794g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
795surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
796item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
797way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
798result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
799Examples: >
800
801 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
802 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
803
804 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
806<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200807 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
808Default: 0.
809When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
810When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
811>
812 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
813<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100814==============================================================================
8155. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
816
817 *b:current_syntax-variable*
818Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
819"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
820settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
821 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
822 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
823 :au BufReadPost * endif
824
825
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000827ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000828
829ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
830any value to the respective variable. Example: >
831 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
832To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
833 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
834
835Variable Highlight ~
836abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
837abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
838
839
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000840ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000841
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000842See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000843
844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000845ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000848by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000850and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000851
852 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
853
854will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
855
856 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
857 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
858 ]]></script>
859
860See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
861
862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000863APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000864
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100865The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
866version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
869 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000870ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
871 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
874doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
875startup vimrc: >
876 :let filetype_i = "asm"
877Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
878
879There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
880extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
881line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
882files are included:
883 asm GNU assembly (the default)
884 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
885 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
886 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
887 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
888 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
889 nasm Netwide assembly
890 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
891 MMX)
892 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
893
894The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100895 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000896Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100897one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200898immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
899equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
900between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
901particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
902highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000903
904The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
905b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000906 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
909the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
910language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000911 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000912
913As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
914
915
916Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
917
918To enable a feature: >
919 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
920To disable a feature: >
921 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
922
923Variable Highlight ~
924nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
925 (parser dependent; not recommended)
926nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
927nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
928
929
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000930ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000931
932*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
933hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
934using. For Perl script use: >
935 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
936 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
937For Visual Basic use: >
938 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
939 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
940
941
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000942BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000943
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200944The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000945for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
946are supported.
947
948Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
949in ones |.vimrc|: >
950 let baan_code_stds=1
951
952*baan-folding*
953
954Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
955mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
956source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
957
958To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
959 let baan_fold=1
960Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
961indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
962considered equal to a tab). >
963 let baan_fold_block=1
964Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000965SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000966match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000968Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000969the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
970.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
971 set foldminlines=5
972 set foldnestmax=6
973
974
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000975BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000976
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000977Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000978which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
979five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
980otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
981Basic.
982
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000983If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
984example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
985 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
986
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000988C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000989
990A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100991(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000992 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100993 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
994To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000995 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100996Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000997
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100998An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
999 :set filetype=cpp
1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001002*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1003*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
1004*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1005*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
1006*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1007*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1008*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001009 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +02001010 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1011 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001012*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1013 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001014*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
1015*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
1016*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1017*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
1018*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001019 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1021*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1022*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1023*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1024*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001025
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001026When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1027become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1028 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001029"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1030 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001031
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001032If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1033when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1034to a larger number: >
1035 :let c_minlines = 100
1036This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1037displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1038disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1039
1040When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1041works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1042you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1043
1044To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1045Example: >
1046 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1047 :function MyCadd()
1048 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1049 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1050 : hi link cMyItem Title
1051 :endfun
1052
1053ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1054"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1055not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1056highlighting: >
1057 :hi link cConstant NONE
1058
1059If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1060highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1061
1062If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001063in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001064~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001065 syn sync fromstart
1066 set foldmethod=syntax
1067
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001068CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001069
1070C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1071the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1072
1073By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1074of C or C++: >
1075 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1076
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001077
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001078CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001079
1080Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1081that are available. Additionally there is:
1082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1084chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1085chill_minlines like c_minlines
1086
1087
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001088CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001089
1090ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1091If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1092 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1093This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1094"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1095file).
1096
1097You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1098 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1099Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1100 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1101This works immediately.
1102
1103
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001104CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1105
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001106 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1107
1108Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1109but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1110|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1111syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001112>
1113 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001114 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1115 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001116 \ }
1117<
1118Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1119
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001120There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1121this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1122dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001123
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001124By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1125"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1126namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001127
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001128
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001129 *g:clojure_fold*
1130
1131Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1132list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1133the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1134
1135
1136 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1137
1138Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1139reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001140>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001141 #_(defn foo [x]
1142 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001143<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001144Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1145(e.g. `#_#_`).
1146
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001147
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001148COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001149
1150COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1151development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1152versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1153add this line to your .vimrc: >
1154 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1155To disable it again, use this: >
1156 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1157
1158
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001159COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001160
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001161The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001162comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1163
1164 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1165
1166The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1167
1168
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001169CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1170
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001171Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001172
1173Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001174cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001175cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001176cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1177cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001178
1179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001180CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001181
1182This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1183used.
1184
1185Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1186symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1187between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001188"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1189>
1190 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001191
1192For using tcsh: >
1193
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001194 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001195
1196Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1197tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001198will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001199"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1200variable.
1201
1202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001203CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001204
1205Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001206hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001207or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001208normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001209line to your .vimrc file: >
1210
1211 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1212
1213Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1214
1215 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1216
1217To disable these again, use this: >
1218
1219 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1220 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1221<
1222
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001223CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001224
1225Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1226doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1227startup vimrc: >
1228 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1229
1230
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001231DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1232
1233Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1234used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1235a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1236from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1237
1238More information about the language and its development environment at the
1239official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1240
1241dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1242type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1243and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1244framework.
1245
1246Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1247
1248https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1249
1250
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001251DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001252
1253Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001254according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001255https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1256To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1257 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1258Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1259To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1260 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1261g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001262
1263
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001264DIFF *diff.vim*
1265
1266The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1267there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1268
1269 :let diff_translations = 0
1270
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001271Also see |diff-slow|.
1272
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001273
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001274DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001275
1276The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1277provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1278the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1279versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1280uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1281line to your startup file: >
1282 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1283
1284
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001285DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001286DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1287DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001288
1289There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1290are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1291automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1292defaults to XML.
1293You can set the type manually: >
1294 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1295or: >
1296 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1297You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1298Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1299 :set filetype=docbksgml
1300or: >
1301 :set filetype=docbkxml
1302
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001303You can specify the DocBook version: >
1304 :let docbk_ver = 3
1305When not set 4 is used.
1306
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001307
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001308DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001309
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001310Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1311supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1312NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1313and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314Select the version you want with the following line: >
1315
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001316 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001317
1318If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001319Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001320
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001321The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1322alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1323current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1324inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1325Stack Overflow -
1326
1327https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1328
1329To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in the Windows Command
1330Interpreter or working with MS-DOS bat files, set the
1331dosbatch_colons_comment variable to anything: >
1332
1333 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1334
1335There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001336"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1337is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001338
1339 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1340
1341If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1342
1343
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001344DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1345
1346Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001347(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1348idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001349
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001350There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1351explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1352Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001353 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1354or >
1355 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1356
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001357It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1358the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1359adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001360 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1361
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001362There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1363and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001364
1365Variable Default Effect ~
1366g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1367g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1368 doxygen comments.
1369
1370doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1371 and html_my_rendering underline.
1372
1373doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1374 colour highlighting.
1375
1376doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001377 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001378
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001379There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001380configuration.
1381
1382Highlight Effect ~
1383doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1384 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1385doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1386 \endlink from a \link section.
1387
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001388
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001389DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001390
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001391The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001392case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1393
1394 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1395
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001396The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001397this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1398
1399 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1400
1401before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1402Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1403'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1404Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1405highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001406delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001407
1408 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1409
1410The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1411
1412
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001413EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001414
1415While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001416syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1417highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001418highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1419
1420 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1421
1422Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1423
1424Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1425
1426 :let eiffel_strict=1
1427 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1428
1429Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1430five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1431"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1432
1433Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1434guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1435lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1436
1437If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1438"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1439
1440 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1441
1442instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1443
1444Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1445experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1446
1447 :let eiffel_ise=1
1448
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001449Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450
1451 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1452
1453to your startup file.
1454
1455
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001456EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1457
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001458Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001459version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001460Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1461
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001462Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1463for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001464(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1465
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001466The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1467
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001468 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1469 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1470
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001471To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001472auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1473add the following line to your startup file: >
1474
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001475 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001476
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001477< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001478
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001479 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1480
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001481Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001482specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1483file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1484filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1485Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001486
1487
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001488ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001489
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001490Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001491the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001492
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001493The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1494put the following line in your vimrc: >
1495
1496 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1497
1498To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1499
1500 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001501
1502
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001503ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1504
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001505Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1506maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001507
1508The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1509
1510 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1511
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001512Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001513specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1514file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1515filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1516Elixir.
1517
1518
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001519FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1520
1521FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001522NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001523development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001524
1525Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1526syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1527editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1528start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1529'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1530(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1531and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1532
1533If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1534move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1535 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1536
1537
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001538FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001539
1540The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1541modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001542following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001543J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1544
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001545If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001546redefine the following syntax groups:
1547
1548 - formConditional
1549 - formNumber
1550 - formStatement
1551 - formHeaderStatement
1552 - formComment
1553 - formPreProc
1554 - formDirective
1555 - formType
1556 - formString
1557
1558Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1559directives per default in the same syntax group.
1560
1561A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001562header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001563this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1564
1565 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1566
1567The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001568gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001569conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1570
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001571Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1572should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1573the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1574
1575If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1576example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1577 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1578
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001579
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001580FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1581
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001582Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1583be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1584edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1585 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001586 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1587
1588
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001589FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001590
1591Default highlighting and dialect ~
Bram Moolenaar6ee8d892012-01-10 14:55:01 +01001592Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001593should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001594almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77). A
1595small number of features new to Fortran 2018 and Fortran 2023 are supported
1596and the complete transition to Fortran 2023 will be completed in the future.
1597A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent in recent Fortran
1598standards are highlighted as todo items.
1599
1600The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1601fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1602the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001603
1604Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001605Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001606syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1607
1608When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001609form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001610 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001611in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1612source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001613 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1614in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1615
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001616If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1617extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1618file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1619will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1620on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001621
1622When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
1623source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001624fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001626determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1627using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1628compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001629free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1630different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1631script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1632no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1633fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1634In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1635the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1636happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1637columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1638file.
1639
1640Vendor extensions ~
1641Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1642script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1643created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1644characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1645with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001646 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001647placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1648
1649If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1650set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1651 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1652placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1653
1654To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1655intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1656command such as >
1657 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1658placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001659
1660Tabs in fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001661Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001662fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001663Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
1664using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001665variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1666 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001667placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1669
1670Syntax folding of fortran files ~
1671If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1672fortran_fold with a command such as >
1673 :let fortran_fold=1
1674to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1675is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001676subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001677also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1678 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1679then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001680case constructs. If you also set the variable fortran_fold_multilinecomments
1681with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001682 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1683then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001684lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001685
1686If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1687fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001688you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001689units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1690unit.
1691
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001692The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1693comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1694non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1695or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001696items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001697
1698Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001699Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1700strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001701because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1702
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001703For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
1704|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001705
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001706FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1707
1708FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1709dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1710for how to select the correct dialect.
1711
1712Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1713
1714Variable Highlight ~
1715*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1716*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1717*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1718*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1719
1720
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001721
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001722FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723
1724In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1725the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1726appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1727patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1728number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1729
1730For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1731as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1732
1733 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1734 \ set filetype=fvwm
1735
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001736GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001737
1738The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1739the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1740is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1741are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1742
1743 htmlString
1744 htmlValue
1745 htmlEndTag
1746 htmlTag
1747 htmlTagN
1748
1749Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1750java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1751group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1752correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1753to the contains clause.
1754
1755The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1756group to make them easier to see.
1757
1758
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001759GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001760
1761The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001762under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001763of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1764filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1765(see |filetype.txt|).
1766
1767
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001768HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001769
1770The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001771Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001772syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1773
1774If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1775light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1776 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1777To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1778add: >
1779 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1780To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1781 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1782And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1783 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1784If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1785your .vimrc: >
1786 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1787
1788The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1789directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001790directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1791operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001792as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1793 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1794
1795The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1796automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1797TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001798or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001799in your .vimrc >
1800 :let lhs_markup = none
1801for no highlighting at all, or >
1802 :let lhs_markup = tex
1803to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1804For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1805this variable, so e.g. >
1806 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001807will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001808set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1809loading a file.
1810
1811
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001812HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001813
1814The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1815
1816The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1817This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001818closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1819are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1822names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1823makes it easy to spot errors
1824
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001825Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001826names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1827
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001828Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001829are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1830text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1831while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001832only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001833<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001834
1835If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1836following syntax groups:
1837
1838 - htmlBold
1839 - htmlBoldUnderline
1840 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1841 - htmlUnderline
1842 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1843 - htmlItalic
1844 - htmlTitle for titles
1845 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1846
1847To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1848of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1849following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1850are read during initialization) >
1851 :let html_my_rendering=1
1852
1853If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1854http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1855
1856You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1857vimrc file: >
1858 :let html_no_rendering=1
1859
1860HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1861details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1862However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001863ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001864 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1865
1866JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1867'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001868programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1869currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001870
1871Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1872
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001873There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1874written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001875following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1876(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001877>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001878 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1879 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1880
1881Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1882the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1883
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001884 *html-folding*
1885The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1886and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1887
1888 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1889 :set foldmethod=syntax
1890
1891Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1892especially for large files.
1893
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001894
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001895HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001896
1897The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1898
1899Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1900doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1901this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1902different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1903 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1904
1905Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1906
1907Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1908signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1909a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1910 :set syntax=htmlos
1911
1912Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1913block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1914
1915
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001916IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001917
1918Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1919how to recognize this filetype.
1920
1921To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1922 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1923
1924
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001925INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001926
1927Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1928most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1929to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1930 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1931
1932By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1933and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1934you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1935need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1936 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1937
1938This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1939set of highlighted system functions.
1940
1941The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1942it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1943by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1944startup sequence: >
1945 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1946
1947By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1948version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1949Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1950startup sequence: >
1951 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1952
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001953IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1954
1955IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1956Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1957
1958IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1959rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001960repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001961
1962There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1963are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1964
1965The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1966
1967Variable Effect ~
1968
1969idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1970 extensions
1971idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1972idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1973 quite helpful)
1974idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1975
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001976
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001977JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001978
1979The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1980
1981In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1982flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001983classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1984old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001985 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1986
1987All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1988highlight them use: >
1989 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1990
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001991You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001992download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1993If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1994use the following: >
1995 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1996Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1997
1998Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001999how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000functions:
2001
2002If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2003a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2004 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2005However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2006supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2007 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2008If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2009declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2010definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2011original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2012
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002013In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002014only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002015statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016your startup file: >
2017 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2018The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002019characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002020new highlightings for the following groups.:
2021 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2022which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002023strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002024have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002025
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002026Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2027creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2028similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2029and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002030 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2031 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2032 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2033 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2034 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002035 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2037To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2038 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2039
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002040If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2041can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2042scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2043actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2044CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002045 :let java_javascript=1
2046 :let java_css=1
2047 :let java_vb=1
2048
2049In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2050for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2051 :hi link javaParen Comment
2052or >
2053 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2054
2055If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2056when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2057to a larger number: >
2058 :let java_minlines = 50
2059This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2060displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2061number is that redrawing can become slow.
2062
2063
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002064JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2065
2066The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2067default. To disable concealment: >
2068 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2069
2070To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2071 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2072
2073
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002074LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002075
2076Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2077style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2078define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2079 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2080
2081
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002082LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002083
2084Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2085gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2086 :syn sync minlines=300
2087may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2088difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2089
2090
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002091LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2092
2093To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2094
2095 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2096<
2097
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002098LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2099
2100The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2101
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002102 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002103 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2104 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002105 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002106 of parenthesization will receive different
2107 highlighting.
2108<
2109The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2110the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2111colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2112specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002113usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002114highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2115
2116
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002117LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002118
2119There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2120
2121If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2122
2123 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2124
2125For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2126set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2127
2128 :let lite_minlines = 200
2129
2130
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002131LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002132
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002133LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2135users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2136should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2137
2138 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2139
2140If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002141modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002142
2143 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2144
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002145For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002146
2147 // vim:set ft=c:
2148
2149If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2150
2151There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002152used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002153and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002154assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002155you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2156
2157 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2158
2159For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2160
2161 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2162
2163For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2164
2165 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2166
2167For uLPC series of LPC:
2168uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2169instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2170
2171
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002172LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002173
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002174The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002175the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2176lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020021775.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002178
2179 :let lua_version = 5
2180 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181
2182
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002183MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002184
2185Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002186quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002187signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2188whitespaces and end with a newline.
2189
2190Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002191as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002192only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2193
2194By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002195displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002196with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2197
2198 :let mail_minlines = 30
2199
2200
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002201MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002202
2203In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2204errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2205feature off by using: >
2206
2207 :let make_no_commands = 1
2208
2209
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002210MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002211
2212Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2213supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2214The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2215highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2216
2217 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2218
2219to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2220choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22211, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2222$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2223
2224 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2225 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2226 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2227 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2228 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2229 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2230 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2231 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2232 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2233
2234
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002235MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2236
2237If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2238slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2239the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2240
2241 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2242
2243
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002244MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002245
2246Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2247have the following in your .vimrc: >
2248
2249 let filetype_m = "mma"
2250
2251
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002252MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002253
2254If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2255highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2256comments: >
2257
2258 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2259
2260To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2261
2262 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2263
2264To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2265'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2266
2267 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2268
2269Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2270
2271 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2272
2273To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2274
2275 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2276
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002277Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2279To enable this option: >
2280
2281 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2282
2283An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2284
2285 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2286
2287
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002288MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002289
2290There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2291
2292If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2293
2294 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2295
2296For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2297set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2298
2299 :let msql_minlines = 200
2300
2301
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002302N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2303
2304N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2305Couchbase Server databases.
2306
2307Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2308and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2309many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2310
2311
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002312NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002313
2314There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2315
2316If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2317errors, use this: >
2318
2319 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2320
2321If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2322
2323
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002324NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002325
2326The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2327activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2328can use them.
2329
2330For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002331processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002332features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2333|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002334
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002335 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002336
2337Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2338Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2339there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002340you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002341can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2342native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2343\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2344accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2345environments.
2346
2347In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2348follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2349
23501. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2351
23522. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2353 exclamation mark, etc.
2354
23553. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2356 carriage return.
2357
2358The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2359algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2360
2361Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2362furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2363vertical space input will be output as is.
2364
2365Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2366than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2367practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002368marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002369need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002370spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2371
2372 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2373
2374Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2375with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2376highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002377"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002378
2379 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2380 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2381 \ gui=reverse,bold
2382
2383If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2384with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2385file: >
2386
2387 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2388
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002389As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002390paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2391
2392Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2393groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2394
2395
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002396OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002397
2398The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2399.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2400
2401 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2402
2403you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2404by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2405
2406 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2407
2408prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2409contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2410
2411
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002412PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002413
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002414The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002415and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002416as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2417sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002418you set the variable: >
2419
2420 :let papp_include_html=1
2421
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002422in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002423sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002424edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002425
2426The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2427http://papp.plan9.de.
2428
2429
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002430PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002431
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002432Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2433could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2434or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002435
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002436 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2437 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002438
2439The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2440provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002441Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002442enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2443following line to your startup file: >
2444
2445 :let pascal_traditional=1
2446
2447To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2448keywords, etc): >
2449
2450 :let pascal_delphi=1
2451
2452
2453The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2454*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2455operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2456
2457 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2458
2459Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2460
2461 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2462
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002463Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002464pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2465match Turbo Pascal. >
2466
2467 :let pascal_gpc=1
2468
2469or >
2470
2471 :let pascal_fpc=1
2472
2473To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2474pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2475
2476 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2477
2478If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2479will be highlighted as Error. >
2480
2481 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2482
2483
2484
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002485PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002486
2487There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2488
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002489Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2490to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2491files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002492
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002493 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002494
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002495To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002496off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002497
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002498To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2499from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002500
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002501 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002503(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2504enabled it.)
2505
2506If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2507
2508 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2509
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002510(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002511
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002512The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2513be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002514perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2515
2516 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2517 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2518 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2519
2520(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2521
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002522The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002523synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2524If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002525then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2526figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002527
2528One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2529
2530 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2531 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2532
2533Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2534its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2535
2536 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2537
2538If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2539
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002540 :let perl_fold = 1
2541
2542If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2543
2544 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002545
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002546Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2547this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002548
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002549 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002550
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002551Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2552via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002553
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002554 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2555
2556Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2557behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2558
2559 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002560
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002561PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002562
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002563[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564it has been renamed to "php"]
2565
2566There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2567
2568If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2569
2570 let php_sql_query = 1
2571
2572For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2573
2574 let php_baselib = 1
2575
2576Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2577
2578 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2579
2580Using the old colorstyle: >
2581
2582 let php_oldStyle = 1
2583
2584Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2585
2586 let php_asp_tags = 1
2587
2588Disable short tags: >
2589
2590 let php_noShortTags = 1
2591
2592For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2593
2594 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2595
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002596For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002597one: >
2598
2599 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2600
2601Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2602
2603 let php_folding = 1
2604
2605Selecting syncing method: >
2606
2607 let php_sync_method = x
2608
2609x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2610x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2611x = 0 to sync from start.
2612
2613
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002614PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2615
2616TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2617variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002618see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002619
2620This syntax file has the option >
2621
2622 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2623
2624if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2625
2626
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002627PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002628
2629PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2630
2631This syntax file has the options:
2632
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002633- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002634 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002635
2636 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002637 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002638
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002639 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002640 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002641 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002642
2643 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2644
2645- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2646 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2647
2648
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002649PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002650
2651There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2652
2653If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2654
2655 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2656
2657For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2658set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2659
2660 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2661
2662
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002663POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002664
2665There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2666
2667First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2668currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2669and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2670Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2671extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2672level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2673highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2674
2675 :let postscr_level=2
2676
2677If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2678the most prevalent version currently.
2679
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002680Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002681particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2682PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2683
2684If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2685Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2686follows: >
2687
2688 :let postscr_display=1
2689
2690If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2691Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2692postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2693
2694 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2695
2696PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2697useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2698cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2699character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2700explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2701highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2702
2703 :let postscr_fonts=1
2704 :let postscr_encodings=1
2705
2706There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2707PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2708operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2709if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2710operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2711or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2712highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2713postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2714
2715 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2716<
2717
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002718 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2719PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002720
2721This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2722
2723In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2724the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2725appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2726patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2727"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2728
2729For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2730files, add the following: >
2731
2732 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2733 \ set filetype=ptcap
2734
2735If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2736are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2737internal variable to a larger number: >
2738
2739 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2740
2741(The default is 20 lines.)
2742
2743
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002744PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002745
2746Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2747doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2748startup vimrc: >
2749 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2750The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2751Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2752 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2753 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2754
2755
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002756PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002757
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002758There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002759
2760For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002761 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002762
2763For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002764 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002765
2766For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002767 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2768
2769For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2770 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2771or >
2772 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002773The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002774
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002775For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002776 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002777
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002778If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002779 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002780This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2781unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002782
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002783If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2784you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002785Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2786 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002787This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2788
2789Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2790 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2791
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002792
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002793QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002794
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002795The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2796based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2797between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2798definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2799to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2800be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002801
2802set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2803 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2804
2805set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2806 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2807
2808set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2809 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2810
2811Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2812commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2813
2814
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002815R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2816
2817The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2818can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2819 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2820
2821You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2822 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2823
2824enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2825braces: >
2826 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2827
2828and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2829 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2830
2831
2832R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2833
2834To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2835 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2836
2837To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2838 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2839
2840To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2841 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2842
2843By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2844language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2845you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2846`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2847you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2848 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2849
2850
2851R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2852
2853To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2854 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2855
2856
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002857READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002858
2859The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002860few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002861items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2862command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2863 let readline_has_bash = 1
2864
2865This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2866later, and part earlier) adds.
2867
2868
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002869REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2870
2871Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2872language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2873the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2874
2875
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002876RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2877
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002878Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2879select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2880syntax list.
2881
2882To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002883 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002884
2885To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2886`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2887 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002888 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2889 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002890 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002891 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002892
2893To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2894 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2895
2896To enable folding of sections: >
2897 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2898
2899Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2900
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002901
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002902REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002903
2904If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2905when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2906to a larger number: >
2907 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2908This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2909displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2910number is that redrawing can become slow.
2911
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002912Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2913comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2914your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2915>
2916 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2917
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002918
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002919RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002920
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002921 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2922 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2923 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2924 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2925 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2926
2927 *ruby_operators*
2928 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2929
2930Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2931
2932 :let ruby_operators = 1
2933<
2934 *ruby_space_errors*
2935 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2936
2937Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2938
2939 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2940<
2941This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2942as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2943"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2944spaces respectively.
2945
2946 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2947 Ruby: Folding ~
2948
2949Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2950
2951 :let ruby_fold = 1
2952<
2953This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2954buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2955filetypes.
2956
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002957Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2958"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2959
2960You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2961
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002962 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002963<
2964The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2965
2966 keyword meaning ~
2967 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2968 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2969 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002970 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002971 def "def" block
2972 class "class" block
2973 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002974 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002975 begin "begin" block
2976 case "case" block
2977 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002978 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
2979 [ Array literal
2980 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
2981 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002982 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002983 : Symbol
2984 # Multiline comment
2985 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002986 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
2987
2988 *ruby_no_expensive*
2989 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002990
2991By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002992of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002993experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
2994you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002995
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002996 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002997<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002998In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
2999
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003000 *ruby_minlines*
3001
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003002If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3003scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3004the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003005
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003006 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003007<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003008Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3009largest class or module.
3010
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003011 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3012 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003013
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003014Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3015"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003016
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003017 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003018<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003019
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003020SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003021
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003022By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003023
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003024scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3025Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003026
3027
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003028SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003029
3030The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3031of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3032
3033The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3034case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003035used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003036highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3037 :let sdl_2000=1
3038
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003039This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003040keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3041 :let SDL_no_96=1
3042
3043
3044The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3045satisfied with it for my own projects.
3046
3047
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003048SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003049
3050To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003051highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003052
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003053 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3054<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003055in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3056inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3057by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3058also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3059you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3060
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003061GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3062comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3063comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3064
3065 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3066<
3067Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3068not (yet) affected by this setting.
3069
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003070Bugs:
3071
3072 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3073 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3074 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3075 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3076 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3077 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3078
3079
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003080SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003081
3082The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3083
3084The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3085This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3086closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3087defined for you)
3088
3089Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3090names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3091
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003092Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003093names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3094
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003095Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003096are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3097text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3098<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3099
3100If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3101following syntax groups:
3102
3103 - sgmlBold
3104 - sgmlBoldItalic
3105 - sgmlUnderline
3106 - sgmlItalic
3107 - sgmlLink for links
3108
3109To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3110following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3111are read during initialization) >
3112 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3113
3114You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3115vimrc file: >
3116 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3117
3118(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3119
3120
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003121 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003122SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003123
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003124This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3125shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003126
3127Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003128various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003129
3130 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3131 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3132<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003133See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3134cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3135/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3136that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3137shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3138symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003139
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003140One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003141variables in your <.vimrc>:
3142
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003143 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003144 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003145< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003146 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003147< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003148 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003149< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003150 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003151
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003152< (dash users should use posix)
3153
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003154If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3155default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003156the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3157statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003158sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003159
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003160The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3161
3162 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3163 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3164 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3165 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003166>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003167then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003168syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3169to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003170
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003171 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3172
3173If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3174when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003175to a larger number. Example: >
3176
3177 let sh_minlines = 500
3178
3179This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3180displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3181number is that redrawing can become slow.
3182
3183If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3184reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3185
3186 let sh_maxlines = 100
3187<
3188The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3189speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3190
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003191syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003192unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003193for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3194the following line in your .vimrc: >
3195
3196 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3197<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003198
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003199 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3200 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003201
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003202You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3203Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3204file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3205
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003206 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003207 " ==============
3208 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3209 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3210 unlet b:current_syntax
3211 endif
3212 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3213 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3214 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3215 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3216 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3217<
3218This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3219 awk '...awk code here...'
3220be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3221extended to other languages.
3222
3223
3224SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3225(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003226
3227The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3228
3229- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3230 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3231 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3232
3233- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3234 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003235 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003236 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3237 them in the syntax file.
3238
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003239- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003240 highlighting of # style comments.
3241
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003242 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003243 number of #s.
3244
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003245 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003246 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003247
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003248 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003249 more than one #.
3250
3251Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003252PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003253fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3254the syntax file.
3255
3256
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003257SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3258 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003259 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003260
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003261While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3262custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3263SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003264
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003265Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3266scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3267supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3268buffer by buffer basis.
3269
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003270For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003271
3272
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003273SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3274
3275Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3276designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3277bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3278with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3279
3280
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003281TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003282
3283This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3284for how the filetype is detected.
3285
3286Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003287is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3288add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003289
3290 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3291
3292If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3293when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3294to a larger number: >
3295
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003296 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003297
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003298This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3299displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3300synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3301tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3302redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003303
3304
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003305TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003306 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003307
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003308 Tex Contents~
3309 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3310 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3311 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3312 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3313 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3314 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3315 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3316 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3317 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3318 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3319 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3320 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3321 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003322 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003323 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003324
3325 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003326 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003327
3328As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3329sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3330 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3331in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3332modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3333 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003334If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003335 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003336<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003337 *g:tex_nospell*
3338 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3339
3340If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3341 let g:tex_nospell=1
3342into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3343comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3344
3345 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003346 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003347
3348Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3349prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3350this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3351 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003352If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3353see |g:tex_nospell|.
3354
3355 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003356 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003357
3358Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3359one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3360want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3361 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003362<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003363 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003364 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003365
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003366The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3367highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3368texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3369terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3370as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003371special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3372 %stopzone
3373which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3374texMathZone.
3375
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003376 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003377 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003378
3379If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3380 :syn sync maxlines=200
3381 :syn sync minlines=50
3382(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003383increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003384if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3385
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003386Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3387|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3388
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003389 *g:tex_fast*
3390
3391Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3392
3393 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3394
3395in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3396highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3397synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3398price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3399folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3400
3401You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3402selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3403
3404 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3405 c : allow texComment syntax
3406 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3407 M : allow texMath syntax
3408 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3409 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3410 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3411 S : allow texStyle syntax
3412 v : allow verbatim syntax
3413 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3414<
3415As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3416but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003417(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003418
3419 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003420 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003421
3422LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3423of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3424package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3425it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3426techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003427by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3428which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3429http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003430
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003431I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3432
3433 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3434<
3435The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3436
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003437 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003438 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003439
3440The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3441although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3442errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3443you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003444 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003445and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003446
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003447 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003448 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003449
3450If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3451code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003452 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3453You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3454(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3455As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3456 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3457You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3458and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3459The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3460has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003461
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003462 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003463 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003464
3465One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3466commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3467following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3468such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3469
3470 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3471 :set ft=tex
3472
3473Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3474always accept such use of @.
3475
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003476 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003477 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003478
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003479If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3480number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3481including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3482superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3483superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3484In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3485
3486One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3487with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003488
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003489 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003490 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3491
3492You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003493<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3494for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003495
3496 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003497 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003498 d = delimiters
3499 m = math symbols
3500 g = Greek
3501 s = superscripts/subscripts
3502<
3503By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3504substitution will not be made.
3505
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003506 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3507 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3508
3509Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3510keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3511syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3512
3513 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3514 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3515 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003516 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003517 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3518 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3519 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003520 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003521
3522 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3523 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3524
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003525 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3526 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3527
3528 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3529
3530 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3531 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3532
3533 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3534 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3535 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3536 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3537
3538 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3539 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3540<
3541 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3542 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3543 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3544< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3545 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3546
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003547 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3548 Tex: Match Check Control~
3549
3550 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003551 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3552 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003553 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3554 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3555 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3556< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3557 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3558 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3559< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3560 regions, >
3561 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3562< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003563
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003564TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003565
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003566There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3567
3568For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3569set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3570
3571 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3572<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003573VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3574 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003575There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003576updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3577g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3578improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003579
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003580 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3581 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3582<
3583 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3584 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003585
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003586 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3587The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3588embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003589
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003590 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3591 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003592 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3593 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3594 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3595 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3596 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003597<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003598By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3599itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3600of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3601and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003602 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003603
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003604Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003605
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003606 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3607 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3608 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003609 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003610 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3611 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3612 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3613 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3614 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003615<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003616 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003617Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3618is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003619highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003620
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003621 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3622<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003623
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003624
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003625WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3626
3627The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3628with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3629bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3630https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3631
3632
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003633XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003634
3635The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3636variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3637You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3638xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3639your .vimrc. Example: >
3640 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3641When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3642
3643Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3644"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3645highlighted.
3646
3647
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003648XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003649
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003650Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003651setting a global variable: >
3652
3653 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3654<
3655 *xml-folding*
3656The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003657start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003658
3659 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3660 :set foldmethod=syntax
3661
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003662Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003663especially for large files.
3664
3665
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003666X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003667
3668xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3669XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3670you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3671
3672To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3673somewhere else with "P".
3674
3675Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3676 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003677 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003678 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003679 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3680 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003681 :endfunction
3682 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3683 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3684This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3685It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3686must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3687
3688It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3689 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3690
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003691
3692YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3693
3694 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003695A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3696non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3697plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3698and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3699integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003700will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3701
3702Schema Description ~
3703failsafe No additional highlighting.
3704json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3705core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003706pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3707 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3708 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003709 schema.
3710
3711Default schema is `core`.
3712
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003713Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3714only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003715difference defined in the syntax file.
3716
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003717
3718ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3719
3720The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3721
3722 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3723
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003724==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037256. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003726
3727Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3728
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037291. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003730 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3731 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3732 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3733 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3734 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3735 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003736
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037372. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003738 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3739
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037403. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003741 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3742 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3743 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3744
3745Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3746you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3747to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3748and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3749"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3750one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3751This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3752each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3753for a lot of groups.
3754
3755Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3756group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3757for the syntax group with the same name.
3758
3759In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3760defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3761using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3762match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3763keyword with ignoring case.
3764
3765
3766PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3767
3768When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3769
37701. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3771 defined last has priority.
37722. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
37733. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3774 start in later positions.
3775
3776
3777DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3778
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003779:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003780 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3781 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3782 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3783 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3784
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003785:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003786 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003787
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003788
3789DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3790
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003791:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3792:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003793 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3794 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3795
3796 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3797 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3798
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003799 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003800 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3801 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3802 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3803
3804:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003805 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3806 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003807
3808 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3809
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003810SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3811
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003812:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3813:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3814:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003815 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3816 in a syntax item:
3817
3818 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3819 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3820 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3821
3822 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3823 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3824 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3825
3826 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3827
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003828:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003829 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3830 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003831
3832
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003833SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3834
3835:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3836 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3837 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3838
3839 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3840 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00003841 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003842
3843 Example: >
3844 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3845<
3846 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3847 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3848 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3849
3850 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3851
3852 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003853 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003854 match.
3855
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003856 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3857 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003858 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003859
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003860DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3861
3862:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3863
3864 This defines a number of keywords.
3865
3866 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3867 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3868 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3869
3870 Example: >
3871 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3872<
3873 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3874 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3875 These examples do exactly the same: >
3876 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3877 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3878 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003879< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003880 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3881 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3882 variations at once: >
3883 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3884<
3885 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3886 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3887 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3888 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3889 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003890 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003891
3892 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3893 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3894 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3895
3896 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3897 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3898 instead.
3899
3900 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3901
3902 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3903 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3904 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003905 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003906 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3907 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3908< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3909 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3910 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3911
3912
3913DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3914
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003915:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3916 [excludenl]
3917 [keepend]
3918 {pattern}
3919 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003920
3921 This defines one match.
3922
3923 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3924 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3925 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3926 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3927 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003928 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3929 match with the end pattern. See
3930 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003931 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3932 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3933 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3934 line, which makes the match depend on where
3935 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3936 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3937
3938 Example (match a character constant): >
3939 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3940<
3941
3942DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3943 *E398* *E399*
3944:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3945 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3946 [keepend]
3947 [extend]
3948 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003949 start={start-pattern} ..
3950 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3951 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003952 [{options}]
3953
3954 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3955
3956 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3957 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3958 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3959 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3960 for the text in between the matched start and
3961 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3962 a different group for the start or end match.
3963 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3964 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3965 match with the end pattern. See
3966 |:syn-keepend|.
3967 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003968 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003969 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3970 extend a containing match or item. Only
3971 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3972 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003973 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003974 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003975 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003976 the region where not to look for the end
3977 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003978 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003979 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3980
3981 Example: >
3982 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3983<
3984 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3985 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3986 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3987 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3988 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3989 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3990
3991 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3992 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3993 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3994 the end patterns.
3995
3996 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3997 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3998 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3999
4000 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4001 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4002 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4003 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4004
4005 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4006 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4007 work: >
4008 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4009 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4010< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4011 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4012 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4013 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4014 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4015< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4016 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4017
4018 *:syn-keepend*
4019 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4020 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4021 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4022 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4023 { starts outer "{}" region
4024 { starts contained "{}" region
4025 } ends contained "{}" region
4026 } ends outer "{} region
4027 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4028 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4029 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4030 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4031 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4032 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4033 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4034< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4035 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4036
4037 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4038 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4039 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4040 contained matches.
4041 *:syn-extend*
4042 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4043 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4044 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4045 extended.
4046 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4047 others don't. Example: >
4048
4049 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4050 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4051 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4052
4053< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4054 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4055 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4056
4057 Another example: >
4058 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4059< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4060 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4061 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4062 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4063 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4064
4065 *:syn-excludenl*
4066 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4067 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4068 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4069 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4070 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4071 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4072 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4073 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4074 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4075 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4076 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4077 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4078 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4079
4080 *:syn-matchgroup*
4081 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4082 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4083 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4084< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4085 between with the "String" group.
4086 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4087 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4088 using a matchgroup.
4089
4090 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4091 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4092 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4093 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4094 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4095
4096 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4097 different colors: >
4098 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4099 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4100 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4101 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4102 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4103 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004104<
4105 *E849*
4106The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004107
4108==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041097. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004110
4111The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4112The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4113and may be mixed with patterns.
4114
4115Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4116can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004117 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004118 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4119:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4120:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4121:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004122
4123These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004124 conceal
4125 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004126 contained
4127 containedin
4128 nextgroup
4129 transparent
4130 skipwhite
4131 skipnl
4132 skipempty
4133
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004134conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4135
4136When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004137Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004138'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4139concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4140edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004141Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004142
4143concealends *:syn-concealends*
4144
4145When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4146the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4147Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4148'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4149in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4150
4151cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004152 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004153The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4154when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4155argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004156character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4157a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004158 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004159See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004160
4161contained *:syn-contained*
4162
4163When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4164the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4165another match. Example: >
4166 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4167 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4168
4169
4170display *:syn-display*
4171
4172If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4173detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4174by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4175to be displayed.
4176
4177Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4178conditions:
4179- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4180 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4181 line.
4182- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4183 make it continue on the next line.
4184- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4185 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4186 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4187- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4188 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4189 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4190 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4191
4192Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4193- match with a number
4194- match with a label
4195
4196
4197transparent *:syn-transparent*
4198
4199If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4200itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4201is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4202only to skip over a part of the text.
4203
4204The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4205unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4206avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4207highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4208 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4209 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4210 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4211 :hi link myString String
4212 :hi link myWord Comment
4213Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4214match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4215argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4216it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4217out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004218"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004219happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4220position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4221
4222When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4223items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4224see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4225through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4226
4227 look from here
4228
4229 | | | | | |
4230 V V V V V V
4231
4232 xxxx yyy more contained items
4233 .................... contained item (transparent)
4234 ============================= first item
4235
4236The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4237transparent group.
4238
4239What you see is:
4240
4241 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4242
4243Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4244
4245
4246oneline *:syn-oneline*
4247
4248The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4249boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4250region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4251the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4252continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4253line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4254
4255When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4256pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4257end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4258means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4259be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4260line break.
4261
4262
4263fold *:syn-fold*
4264
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004265The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004266Example: >
4267 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4268 :syn sync fromstart
4269 :set foldmethod=syntax
4270This will make each {} block form one fold.
4271
4272The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4273ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4274The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004275See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4276from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004277{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4278
4279
4280 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004281contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004282
4283The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4284groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4285containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4286regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4287this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4288here.
4289
4290contains=ALL
4291 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4292 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4293
4294contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4295 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4296 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4297 are listed. Example: >
4298 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4299
4300contains=TOP
4301 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4302 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4303 argument.
4304contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4305 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4306
4307contains=CONTAINED
4308 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4309 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4310 argument.
4311contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4312 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4313 listed.
4314
4315
4316The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4317that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4318The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4319 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4320The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4321that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4322command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4323syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4324the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4325group names.
4326
4327The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4328region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4329|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4330region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4331area that is highlighted
4332
4333
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004334containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004335
4336The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4337item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4338containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4339
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004340The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004341
4342This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4343be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4344of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4345the C syntax: >
4346 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4347Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4348level.
4349
4350Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4351appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4352keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4353work.
4354
4355
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004356nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004357
4358The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4359separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4360
4361If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4362tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4363a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4364will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4365current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4366other groups. Example: >
4367 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4368 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4369 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4370
4371This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4372"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4373highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4374
4375 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4376 fff bbb fff bbb
4377
4378Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4379when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4380highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4381would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4382
4383
4384skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4385skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4386skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4387
4388These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4389used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004390 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004391 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4392 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4393
4394When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4395next group that matches the white space.
4396
4397When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4398line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4399line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4400the current item in the same line.
4401
4402When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4403groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4404for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4405space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4406
4407Example: >
4408 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4409 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4410 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4411Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4412match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4413precedence.
4414Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4415"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4416example).
4417
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004418IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4419
4420:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4421 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4422 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4423 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4424 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4425 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4426 given explicitly.
4427
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004428:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004429 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004430
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004431==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044328. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004433
4434In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4435characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4436use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4437use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4438 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4439 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4440
4441See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004442always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004443value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4444not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4445independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4446
4447Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4448This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4449
4450 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4451The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4452change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4453match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4454are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4455pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4456
4457The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4458The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4459
4460ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4461me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4462hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4463he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4464rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4465re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4466lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4467
4468The {offset} can be:
4469
4470s start of the matched pattern
4471s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4472s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4473e end of the matched pattern
4474e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4475e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004476{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004477
4478Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4479
4480Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4481meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4482
4483 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4484match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4485region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4486region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4487region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4488
4489Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4490 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4491<
4492 some "string" text
4493 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4494
4495Notes:
4496- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4497 offset(s).
4498- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4499- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4500 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004501- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004502 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004503 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004504- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4505 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4506 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4507
4508Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4509 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4510<
4511 /* this is a comment */
4512 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4513
4514A more complicated Example: >
4515 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4516<
4517 abcfoostringbarabc
4518 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004519 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004520
4521Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4522
4523Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4524with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004525in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004526
4527The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4528be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4529cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4530characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4531used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4532specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4533
4534 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4535 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4536 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4537<
4538 ___zzzz ___wwww
4539 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4540 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4541 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4542
4543The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4544unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4545
4546
4547Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4548
4549The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4550expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4551
4552When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4553allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004554following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4555the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004556
4557The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4558continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4559matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4560halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4561previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4562is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4563 x x a
4564 b x x
4565Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4566after the "\n".
4567
4568
4569External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4570
4571These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4572
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004573 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004574 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4575 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4576 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004577
4578 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4579 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4580 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4581 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4582
4583Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4584sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4585shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4586items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4587referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4588example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4589 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4590
4591As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4592it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004593changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004594first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4595also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004596 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004597
4598Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4599indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4600to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4601Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4602within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4603sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4604the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4605
4606Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4607cannot be referred to.
4608
4609==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046109. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004611
4612:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4613 [add={group-name}..]
4614 [remove={group-name}..]
4615
4616This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4617single name.
4618
4619 contains={group-name}..
4620 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4621 add={group-name}..
4622 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4623 remove={group-name}..
4624 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4625
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004626A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4627nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4628this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004629
4630Example: >
4631 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4632 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4633
4634As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4635retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4636to speak: >
4637 :syntax keyword A aaa
4638 :syntax keyword B bbb
4639 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4640 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4641 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4642
4643This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4644 :syntax keyword A aaa
4645 :syntax keyword B bbb
4646 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4647 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4648 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4649 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4650 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004651<
4652 *E848*
4653The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004654
4655==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100465610. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004657
4658It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4659a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4660two different ways:
4661
4662 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4663 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4664 the |:runtime| command: >
4665
4666 " In cpp.vim:
4667 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4668 :unlet b:current_syntax
4669
4670< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4671 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4672 ":syntax include" command:
4673
4674:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4675
4676 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4677 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4678 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4679 that list. >
4680
4681 " In perl.vim:
4682 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4683 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4684<
4685 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4686 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4687 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4688 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4689 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004690 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4691 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004692
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004693 *E847*
4694The maximum number of includes is 999.
4695
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004696==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100469711. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004698
4699Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4700make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4701redrawing starts.
4702
4703:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4704
4705There are four ways to synchronize:
47061. Always parse from the start of the file.
4707 |:syn-sync-first|
47082. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4709 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4710 |:syn-sync-second|
47113. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4712 |:syn-sync-third|
47134. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4714 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4715
4716 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4717For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4718limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4719
4720If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4721that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4722lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4723
4724If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4725for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4726adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4727slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004728 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004729<
4730 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4731When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4732cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4733start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4734the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4735break use this: >
4736 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4737The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4738change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4739value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4740
4741
4742First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4743>
4744 :syntax sync fromstart
4745
4746The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4747accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4748so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004749when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004750case: to the end of the file).
4751
4752Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4753
4754
4755Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4756
4757For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4758Example: >
4759 :syntax sync ccomment
4760
4761When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4762comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4763used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4764An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4765 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4766This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4767used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4768region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4769
4770The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4771lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4772lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4773lines, but it hard to sync on).
4774
4775Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4776that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4777is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4778chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4779is hardly ever noticed.
4780
4781
4782Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4783
4784For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4785Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4786means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4787Example: >
4788 :syntax sync minlines=50
4789
4790"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4791
4792
4793Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4794
4795The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4796sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4797region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4798starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4799the search continues backwards in the file.
4800
4801This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4802matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4803- Keywords cannot be used.
4804- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4805 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4806- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4807 forwards.
4808- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4809 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4810 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004811 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004812- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4813 group of continued lines).
4814- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4815 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4816 line (or group of continued lines).
4817- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4818 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4819 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4820 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4821
4822There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48231. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4824 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4825 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4826 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48272. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4828 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4829 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4830 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4831Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4832
4833Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4834avoid finding unwanted matches.
4835
4836[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4837search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4838highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4839faster.]
4840
4841 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4842 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4843
4844 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4845 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4846 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4847 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4848 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4849
4850 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4851 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4852
4853 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4854 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4855 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4856 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4857 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4858 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4859 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4860 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4861 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4862 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4863
4864 :syntax sync match ..
4865 :syntax sync region ..
4866
4867 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4868 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4869
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004870 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004871 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4872
4873 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4874 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4875 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4876
4877If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4878searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4879few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4880 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4881
4882You can clear all sync settings with: >
4883 :syntax sync clear
4884
4885You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4886 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4887
4888==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100488912. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004890
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004891This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004892
4893 :sy[ntax] [list]
4894
4895To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4896
4897 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4898
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004899To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004900
4901 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4902
4903See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4904
4905Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4906is mostly used, because it looks better.
4907
4908==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100490913. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004910
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01004911In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004912and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4913of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00004914
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004915 colorscheme pablo
4916<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004917 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004918:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4919 This is basically the same as >
4920 :echo g:colors_name
4921< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4922 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4923 feature it will output "unknown".
4924
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004925:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004926 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004927 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004928 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4929 "start" and then under "opt".
4930
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004931 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004932 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004933
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004934You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4935appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4936the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4937darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004938
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004939 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4940 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004941<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004942For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
4943use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
4944the original color scheme: >
4945 runtime colors/evening.vim
4946 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004947
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004948Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
4949(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
4950autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
4951|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
4952
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01004953 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004954If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
4955using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
4956color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
4957 augroup my_colorschemes
4958 au!
4959 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
4960 augroup END
4961
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004962Change a couple more colors: >
4963 augroup my_colorschemes
4964 au!
4965 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00004966 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004967 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
4968 augroup END
4969
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004970If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
4971colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
4972 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
4973 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
4974
4975With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
4976different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
4977group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
4978you can find them here:
4979https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
4980
4981For info about writing a color scheme file: >
4982 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
4983
4984
4985==============================================================================
498614. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
4987
4988There are three types of highlight groups:
4989- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
4990 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
4991 linked to a group of the second type.
4992- The ones used for all syntax languages.
4993- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
4994 *hitest.vim*
4995You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
4996 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
4997This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
4998in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004999
5000:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5001 attributes set.
5002
5003:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5004 List one highlight group.
5005
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005006 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005007:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005008 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005009 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5010 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005011 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005012
5013:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5014:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5015 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5016 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5017
5018:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5019 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005020 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005021 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005022 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005023 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5024 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5025 argument.
5026
5027Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5028default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5029highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5030values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5031the default value.
5032
5033A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5034a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5035
5036 :hi Comment gui=bold
5037
5038Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5039specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5040result is like this single command has been used: >
5041 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5042<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005043 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005044When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5045also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5046 :verbose hi Comment
5047< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005048 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005049
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005050When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5051mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005052
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005053 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5054There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5055term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005056cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005057 termcap entry)
5058gui the GUI
5059
5060For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5061the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5062
50631. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5064
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005065 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005066 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5067 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5068 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005069term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005070 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005071 following items (in any order):
5072 bold
5073 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005074 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005075 underdouble not always available
5076 underdotted not always available
5077 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005078 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005079 reverse
5080 inverse same as reverse
5081 italic
5082 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005083 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005084 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5085
5086 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5087 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005088 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005089 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005090 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005091 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5092 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5093 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5094 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5095 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5096
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005097< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5098 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5099 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5100 have to specify the codes like this: >
5101 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5102 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5103 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5104< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5105 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5106 fallback.
5107
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005108
5109start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5110stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5111 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5112 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5113
5114 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5115 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5116 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5117 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5118 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5119 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5120 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5121
5122 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5123
5124 1. A string with escape sequences.
5125 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5126 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5127 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5128 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5129
5130 2. A list of terminal codes.
5131 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5132 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5133 White space is not allowed. Example:
5134 start=t_C1,t_BL
5135 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5136
5137
51382. highlight arguments for color terminals
5139
5140cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5141 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5142 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5143 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5144 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005145 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5146 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5147 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005148
5149ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5150ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005151ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5152 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5153 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5154
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005155 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5156 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5157 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5158 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5159 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5160 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5161
5162 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5163 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5164 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5165 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5166 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005167 *tmux*
5168 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5169 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005170 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5171 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005172< More info at:
5173 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5174 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005175
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005176 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5177 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5178 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005179 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5180 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5181
5182 *cterm-colors*
5183 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5184 0 0 Black
5185 1 4 DarkBlue
5186 2 2 DarkGreen
5187 3 6 DarkCyan
5188 4 1 DarkRed
5189 5 5 DarkMagenta
5190 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5191 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5192 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5193 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5194 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5195 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5196 12 1* Red, LightRed
5197 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5198 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5199 15 7* White
5200
5201 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5202 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5203 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5204 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5205 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5206 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5207 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5208 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5209 a number instead of a color name.
5210
5211 The case of the color names is ignored.
5212 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005213 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5214 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005215
5216 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5217 colors!
5218
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005219 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5220
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005221 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5222 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5223 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5224 Example: >
5225 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5226< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005227 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5228 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5229 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5230 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5231 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005232 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005233 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005234 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005235
5236 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5237 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5238 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5239 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005240 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5241 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5242 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5243 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5244 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005245 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5246< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005247 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005248 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5249
5250
52513. highlight arguments for the GUI
5252
5253gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5254 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5255 See |attr-list| for a description.
5256 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5257 have the same effect.
5258 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5259
5260font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5261 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5262 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5263 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5264<
5265 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5266 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5267 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5268 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005269 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005270 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5271 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5272 changed.
5273 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5274 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5275 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005276 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5277 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5278 Example: >
5279 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005280
5281guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5282guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005283guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5284 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005285 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5286 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005287 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005288 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005289 bg use normal background color
5290 background use normal background color
5291 fg use normal foreground color
5292 foreground use normal foreground color
5293 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5294 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5295 Example: >
5296 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5297<
5298 *gui-colors*
5299 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5300 Red LightRed DarkRed
5301 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5302 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5303 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5304 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5305 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5306 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5307 Black White
5308 Orange Purple Violet
5309
5310 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5311 |win32-colors|.
5312
5313 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5314 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5315 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005316 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005317 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005318 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005319 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005320<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005321 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005322 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5323 example: >
5324
5325 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5326 # override it.
5327 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5328 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5329<
5330 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5331 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5332 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5333 scheme: >
5334
5335 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5336 colorscheme alt
5337<
5338 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5339 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5340 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5341 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5342 by a color scheme using: >
5343
5344 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5345 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5346<
5347
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005348 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5349These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5350'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5351of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5352command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005353When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5354unreadable use Visual selection.
5355
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005356 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005357ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005358 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005359Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5360 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005361 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005362Cursor Character under the cursor.
5363lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5364 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005365 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005366CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005367 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005368CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005369 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005370CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005371 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005372Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005373 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005374DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005375 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005376DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005377 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005378DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005379 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005380DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005381 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005382EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005383 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005384 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005385ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005386 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005387VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005388 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005389Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005390 *hl-FoldColumn*
5391FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5392 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005393SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005394 *hl-IncSearch*
5395IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005396 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005397 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005398LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005399 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005400 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5401LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5402 option is set, above the cursor line.
5403 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5404LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5405 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005406 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005407CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5408 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005409 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5410CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005411 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5412CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005413 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005414MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005415 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005416 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005417MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5418 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005419 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005420ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005421 *hl-MoreMsg*
5422MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5423 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005424NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5425 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5426 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5427 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5428 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005429 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005430Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005431 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005432Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005433 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005434PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005435 *hl-PmenuKind*
5436PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5437 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5438PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5439 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5440PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5441 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5442PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005443 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005444PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005445 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5446PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005447 *hl-PopupNotification*
5448PopupNotification
5449 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5450 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005451 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005452Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005453 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5454QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455 *hl-Search*
5456Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005457 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005458 *hl-CurSearch*
5459CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005460 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5461 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005462 *hl-SpecialKey*
5463SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5464 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005465 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005466 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005467 *hl-SpellBad*
5468SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5469 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005470 *hl-SpellCap*
5471SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5472 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005473 *hl-SpellLocal*
5474SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5475 used in another region. |spell|
5476 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5477 *hl-SpellRare*
5478SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5479 hardly ever used. |spell|
5480 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005481 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005482StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005483 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5484StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005485 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005486 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005487 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005488StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005489 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005490StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5491 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005492 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005493TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005494 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005495TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005496 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005497TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005498 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005499Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005500 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005501Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005502 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005503Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005504 *hl-VisualNOS*
5505VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5506 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5507 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005508WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005509 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005510WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005511
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005512 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005513The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005514statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005515
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005516For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005517scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5518Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5519and guifg.
5520
5521 *hl-Menu*
5522Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5523 Also used for the toolbar.
5524 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5525
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005526 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005527 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5528 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5529 set.
5530
5531 *hl-Scrollbar*
5532Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5533 scrollbars.
5534 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5535
5536 *hl-Tooltip*
5537Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5538 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5539
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005540 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005541 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5542 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5543 set.
5544
5545==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100554615. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005547
5548When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5549can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5550group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5551
5552To set a link:
5553
5554 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5555
5556To remove a link:
5557
5558 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5559
5560Notes: *E414*
5561- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5562 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5563- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5564 removed.
5565- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5566 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5567 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5568 links for groups that already have settings.
5569
5570 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5571The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5572group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5573will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5574
5575Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5576specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5577 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5578If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5579 :highlight link cComment Question
5580Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5581overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5582
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005583To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5584highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5585another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5586"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5587 highlight! default link cComment Question
5588
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005589==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100559016. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005591
5592If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5593command: >
5594 :syntax clear
5595
5596This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5597or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5598in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5599load the syntax file.
5600The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5601loaded after this command.
5602
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005603To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5604 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5605This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5606
5607To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5608 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5609This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5610
5611 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005612If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5613the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5614 :syntax off
5615
5616What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5617 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5618See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5619$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5620
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005621 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5622If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5623defaults back: >
5624
5625 :syntax reset
5626
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005627It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5628affects the highlighting.
5629
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005630This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5631
5632Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5633back to their Vim default.
5634Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5635scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5636
5637What this actually does is: >
5638
5639 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5640 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5641
5642Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5643
5644 *syncolor*
5645If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5646script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5647'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5648the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5649reset" command.
5650
5651For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5652
5653 if &background == "light"
5654 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5655 else
5656 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5657 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005658<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005659 *E679*
5660Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5661'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5662endless loop.
5663
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005664Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5665your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5666depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5667
5668 *syntax_cmd*
5669The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5670syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005671 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005672 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005673 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5674 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5675 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005676 the colors.
5677 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5678 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5679 them.
5680
5681==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100568217. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005683
5684If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5685mappings.
5686
5687 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5688 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5689>
5690 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5691 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5692
5693WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5694memory Vim will consume.
5695
5696Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005697must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5698at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005699
5700Put these lines in your Makefile:
5701
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005702# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005703types: types.vim
5704types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005705 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005706 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5707 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5708
5709And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5710
5711 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005712 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005713 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005714 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005715 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5716
5717==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100571818. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005719
5720Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5721possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5722private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5723with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5724highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5725italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5726
5727To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5728windows on the buffer: >
5729 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005730< *w:current_syntax*
5731This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5732"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5733restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5734"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5735"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005736Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005737
5738Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005739on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005740syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005741same buffer.
5742
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005743A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5744is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5745When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005746
5747==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100574819. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005749
5750Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5751default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5752 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5753 : if has("terminfo")
5754 : set t_Co=8
5755 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5756 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5757 : else
5758 : set t_Co=8
5759 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5760 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5761 : endif
5762 :endif
5763< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5764
5765You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5766e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5767
5768Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5769be wrong.
5770 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5771The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5772But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5773 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5774 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5775<
5776 *colortest.vim*
5777To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005778To use it, execute this command: >
5779 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005780
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005781Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005782output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5783at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5784colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5785
5786 *xfree-xterm*
5787To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005788included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005789at: >
5790 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5791Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5792termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5793supports. >
5794 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5795If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5796(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5797
5798This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5799 :if has("terminfo")
5800 : set t_Co=16
5801 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5802 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5803 :else
5804 : set t_Co=16
5805 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5806 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5807 :endif
5808< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5809
5810Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5811translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5812Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5813
5814For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5815
5816 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5817 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5818
5819Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5820and try if that works.
5821
5822You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5823 XTerm*color0: #000000
5824 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5825 XTerm*color2: #008000
5826 XTerm*color3: #808000
5827 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5828 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5829 XTerm*color6: #008080
5830 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5831 XTerm*color8: #808080
5832 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5833 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5834 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5835 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5836 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5837 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5838 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5839 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5840
5841[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5842cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005843newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005844
5845To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5846Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5847 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5848<
5849 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5850To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5851Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5852these resources:
5853 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5854 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5855 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5856 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5857
5858 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005859These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005860foreground colors: >
5861 :if has("terminfo")
5862 : set t_Co=8
5863 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5864 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5865 :else
5866 : set t_Co=8
5867 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5868 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5869 :endif
5870< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5871
5872 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5873These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5874emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5875bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5876 :set t_Co=16
5877 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5878 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5879<
5880 *TTpro-telnet*
5881These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5882open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5883 set t_Co=16
5884 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5885 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5886Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5887that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5888(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5889
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005890
5891==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100589220. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005893
5894This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5895
5896If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5897faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5898as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5899
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005900Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005901You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5902
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005903To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5904sequence: >
5905 :syntime on
5906 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5907 :syntime report
5908
5909This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5910it took to match them against the text.
5911
5912:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5913 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5914 matching.
5915
5916:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5917
5918:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5919
5920:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5921 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5922 the output.
5923
5924 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5925 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5926 matching this pattern.
5927 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5928 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5929 matched
5930 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5931 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5932 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5933 this is not unique.
5934 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5935
5936Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5937include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5938pattern does NOT match.
5939
5940When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5941all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5942literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5943
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005944"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005945 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005946"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005947
5948
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005949 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: